The VMware Horizon Course<\/a> provides you a hands-on skill to deliver virtual desktops and applications through a single virtual desktop infrastructure platform. This VMware Horizon Training<\/a> program builds your skills in installing, configuring, and managing VMware Horizon 7 through a combination of lecture and hands-on labs. As a professional, you will learn how to configure and deploy pools of virtual machines. This also includes how to manage access and security of the machines. The Horizon course all-inclusive study material provides a customized documentation for desktop environment to end users.<\/p>","pageId":"vmware-horizon-install-configure-manage","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"VMware Horizon: Install, Configure, Manage Training Course","courseImage":"vmware.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/vmware-horizon-install-configure-manage","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
The VMware Horizon Course provides you a hands-on skill to deliver virtual desktops and applications through a single virtual desktop infrastructure platform. This VMware Horizon Training program builds your skills in installing, configuring, and managing VMware Horizon 7 through a combination of lecture and hands-on labs. As a professional, you will learn how to configure and deploy pools of virtual machines. This also includes how to manage access and security of the machines. The Horizon course all-inclusive study material provides a customized documentation for desktop environment to end users.
VMware Horizon: Install, Configure, Manage Training Course
VMware Horizon: Install, Configure, Manage Training Course
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"
Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"},{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"
<\/p>
Course Introduction<\/h2>\t- Review course goals<\/li>\t
- Review course objectives<\/li>\t
- Review the course outline<\/li>\t
- Find additional resources after this course<\/li><\/ul>
Introduction to VMware Horizon<\/h2>\t- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon<\/a> <\/strong>component<\/li>\t
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure<\/li><\/ul>
View Connection Server<\/h2>\t- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server<\/li>\t
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- License VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>components<\/li>\t
- Configure View Connection Server<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops<\/h2>\t- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 <\/strong><\/em>virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine\u2019s firewall for VMware Horizon operations<\/li>\t
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent<\/li>\t
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment<\/li>\t
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users<\/li>\t
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies<\/li>\t
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files<\/li><\/ul>
Horizon Client Options<\/h2>\t- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation<\/li>\t
- Explain USB redirection and options<\/li>\t
- Describe the power states for desktops<\/li>\t
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client<\/li>\t
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture<\/li>\t
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the location-based printing feature<\/li><\/ul>
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines<\/h2>\t- Recognize how an automated pool operates<\/li>\t
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops<\/h2>\t- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology<\/li>\t
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones<\/li>\t
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones<\/li>\t
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the linked-clone management operations<\/li>\t
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools<\/h2>\t- Identify the advantages of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones<\/li>\t
- Identify the requirements of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7<\/li>\t
- Describe the creation of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones<\/li><\/ul>
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"
![\"\"](\"/images/mangesh.jpg\")
<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"},{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"
<\/p>
Course Introduction<\/h2>\t- Review course goals<\/li>\t
- Review course objectives<\/li>\t
- Review the course outline<\/li>\t
- Find additional resources after this course<\/li><\/ul>
Introduction to VMware Horizon<\/h2>\t- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon<\/a> <\/strong>component<\/li>\t
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure<\/li><\/ul>
View Connection Server<\/h2>\t- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server<\/li>\t
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- License VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>components<\/li>\t
- Configure View Connection Server<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops<\/h2>\t- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 <\/strong><\/em>virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine\u2019s firewall for VMware Horizon operations<\/li>\t
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent<\/li>\t
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment<\/li>\t
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users<\/li>\t
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies<\/li>\t
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files<\/li><\/ul>
Horizon Client Options<\/h2>\t- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation<\/li>\t
- Explain USB redirection and options<\/li>\t
- Describe the power states for desktops<\/li>\t
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client<\/li>\t
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture<\/li>\t
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the location-based printing feature<\/li><\/ul>
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines<\/h2>\t- Recognize how an automated pool operates<\/li>\t
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops<\/h2>\t- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology<\/li>\t
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones<\/li>\t
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones<\/li>\t
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the linked-clone management operations<\/li>\t
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools<\/h2>\t- Identify the advantages of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones<\/li>\t
- Identify the requirements of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7<\/li>\t
- Describe the creation of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones<\/li><\/ul>
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"
<\/p>
Course Introduction<\/h2>\t- Review course goals<\/li>\t
- Review course objectives<\/li>\t
- Review the course outline<\/li>\t
- Find additional resources after this course<\/li><\/ul>
Introduction to VMware Horizon<\/h2>\t- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon<\/a> <\/strong>component<\/li>\t
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure<\/li><\/ul>
View Connection Server<\/h2>\t- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server<\/li>\t
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- License VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>components<\/li>\t
- Configure View Connection Server<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops<\/h2>\t- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 <\/strong><\/em>virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine\u2019s firewall for VMware Horizon operations<\/li>\t
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent<\/li>\t
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment<\/li>\t
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users<\/li>\t
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies<\/li>\t
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files<\/li><\/ul>
Horizon Client Options<\/h2>\t- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation<\/li>\t
- Explain USB redirection and options<\/li>\t
- Describe the power states for desktops<\/li>\t
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client<\/li>\t
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture<\/li>\t
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the location-based printing feature<\/li><\/ul>
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines<\/h2>\t- Recognize how an automated pool operates<\/li>\t
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops<\/h2>\t- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology<\/li>\t
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones<\/li>\t
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones<\/li>\t
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the linked-clone management operations<\/li>\t
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools<\/h2>\t- Identify the advantages of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones<\/li>\t
- Identify the requirements of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7<\/li>\t
- Describe the creation of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones<\/li><\/ul>
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
<\/p>
Course Introduction<\/h2>\t- Review course goals<\/li>\t
- Review course objectives<\/li>\t
- Review the course outline<\/li>\t
- Find additional resources after this course<\/li><\/ul>
Introduction to VMware Horizon<\/h2>\t- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon<\/a> <\/strong>component<\/li>\t
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure<\/li><\/ul>
View Connection Server<\/h2>\t- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server<\/li>\t
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- License VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>components<\/li>\t
- Configure View Connection Server<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops<\/h2>\t- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 <\/strong><\/em>virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine\u2019s firewall for VMware Horizon operations<\/li>\t
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent<\/li>\t
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment<\/li>\t
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users<\/li>\t
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies<\/li>\t
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files<\/li><\/ul>
Horizon Client Options<\/h2>\t- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation<\/li>\t
- Explain USB redirection and options<\/li>\t
- Describe the power states for desktops<\/li>\t
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client<\/li>\t
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture<\/li>\t
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the location-based printing feature<\/li><\/ul>
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines<\/h2>\t- Recognize how an automated pool operates<\/li>\t
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops<\/h2>\t- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology<\/li>\t
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones<\/li>\t
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones<\/li>\t
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the linked-clone management operations<\/li>\t
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools<\/h2>\t- Identify the advantages of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones<\/li>\t
- Identify the requirements of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7<\/li>\t
- Describe the creation of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones<\/li><\/ul>
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
Introduction to VMware Horizon<\/h2>\t- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon<\/a> <\/strong>component<\/li>\t
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure<\/li><\/ul>
View Connection Server<\/h2>\t- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server<\/li>\t
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- License VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>components<\/li>\t
- Configure View Connection Server<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops<\/h2>\t- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 <\/strong><\/em>virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine\u2019s firewall for VMware Horizon operations<\/li>\t
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent<\/li>\t
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment<\/li>\t
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users<\/li>\t
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies<\/li>\t
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files<\/li><\/ul>
Horizon Client Options<\/h2>\t- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation<\/li>\t
- Explain USB redirection and options<\/li>\t
- Describe the power states for desktops<\/li>\t
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client<\/li>\t
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture<\/li>\t
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the location-based printing feature<\/li><\/ul>
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines<\/h2>\t- Recognize how an automated pool operates<\/li>\t
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops<\/h2>\t- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology<\/li>\t
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones<\/li>\t
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones<\/li>\t
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the linked-clone management operations<\/li>\t
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools<\/h2>\t- Identify the advantages of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones<\/li>\t
- Identify the requirements of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7<\/li>\t
- Describe the creation of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones<\/li><\/ul>
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
View Connection Server<\/h2>\t- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server<\/li>\t
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- License VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>components<\/li>\t
- Configure View Connection Server<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops<\/h2>\t- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 <\/strong><\/em>virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine\u2019s firewall for VMware Horizon operations<\/li>\t
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent<\/li>\t
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment<\/li>\t
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users<\/li>\t
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies<\/li>\t
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files<\/li><\/ul>
Horizon Client Options<\/h2>\t- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation<\/li>\t
- Explain USB redirection and options<\/li>\t
- Describe the power states for desktops<\/li>\t
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client<\/li>\t
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture<\/li>\t
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the location-based printing feature<\/li><\/ul>
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines<\/h2>\t- Recognize how an automated pool operates<\/li>\t
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops<\/h2>\t- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology<\/li>\t
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones<\/li>\t
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones<\/li>\t
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the linked-clone management operations<\/li>\t
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools<\/h2>\t- Identify the advantages of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones<\/li>\t
- Identify the requirements of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7<\/li>\t
- Describe the creation of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones<\/li><\/ul>
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops<\/h2>\t- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 <\/strong><\/em>virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon<\/li>\t
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine\u2019s firewall for VMware Horizon operations<\/li>\t
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent<\/li>\t
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment<\/li>\t
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users<\/li>\t
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies<\/li>\t
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files<\/li><\/ul>
Horizon Client Options<\/h2>\t- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation<\/li>\t
- Explain USB redirection and options<\/li>\t
- Describe the power states for desktops<\/li>\t
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client<\/li>\t
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture<\/li>\t
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the location-based printing feature<\/li><\/ul>
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines<\/h2>\t- Recognize how an automated pool operates<\/li>\t
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops<\/h2>\t- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology<\/li>\t
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones<\/li>\t
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones<\/li>\t
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the linked-clone management operations<\/li>\t
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools<\/h2>\t- Identify the advantages of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones<\/li>\t
- Identify the requirements of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7<\/li>\t
- Describe the creation of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones<\/li><\/ul>
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
Horizon Client Options<\/h2>\t- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation<\/li>\t
- Explain USB redirection and options<\/li>\t
- Describe the power states for desktops<\/li>\t
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client<\/li>\t
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture<\/li>\t
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing<\/li>\t
- Explain the location-based printing feature<\/li><\/ul>
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines<\/h2>\t- Recognize how an automated pool operates<\/li>\t
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops<\/h2>\t- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology<\/li>\t
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones<\/li>\t
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones<\/li>\t
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the linked-clone management operations<\/li>\t
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools<\/h2>\t- Identify the advantages of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones<\/li>\t
- Identify the requirements of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7<\/li>\t
- Describe the creation of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones<\/li><\/ul>
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines<\/h2>\t- Recognize how an automated pool operates<\/li>\t
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops<\/h2>\t- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology<\/li>\t
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones<\/li>\t
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones<\/li>\t
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the linked-clone management operations<\/li>\t
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools<\/h2>\t- Identify the advantages of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones<\/li>\t
- Identify the requirements of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7<\/li>\t
- Describe the creation of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones<\/li><\/ul>
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops<\/h2>\t- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology<\/li>\t
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones<\/li>\t
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones<\/li>\t
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compare the linked-clone management operations<\/li>\t
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks<\/li><\/ul>
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools<\/h2>\t- Identify the advantages of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones<\/li>\t
- Identify the requirements of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7<\/li>\t
- Describe the creation of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones<\/li><\/ul>
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools<\/h2>\t- Identify the advantages of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones<\/li>\t
- Identify the requirements of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration<\/li>\t
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones<\/li>\t
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7<\/li>\t
- Describe the creation of instant clones<\/li>\t
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones<\/li><\/ul>
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools<\/h2>\t- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool<\/li>\t
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool<\/li>\t
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool<\/li>\t
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms<\/li>\t
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication<\/h2>\t- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports<\/li>\t
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on<\/li>\t
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components<\/li><\/ul>
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
Managing VMware Horizon Security<\/h2>\t- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops<\/li>\t
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ<\/li>\t
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation<\/li>\t
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used<\/li>\t
- Explain a direct connection<\/li>\t
- List the advantages of direct connections<\/li><\/ul>
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager<\/h2>\t- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager<\/li>\t
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture<\/li>\t
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits<\/li>\t
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features<\/li>\t
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li><\/ul>
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications<\/h2>\t- Explain how App Volumes works<\/li>\t
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes<\/li>\t
- Install and configure App Volumes<\/li><\/ul>
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options<\/h2>\t- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command<\/li>\t
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured<\/li>\t
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users<\/li>\t
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component<\/li><\/ul>
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability<\/h2>\t- Describe the purpose of a replica server<\/li>\t
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server<\/li>\t
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization<\/li>\t
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod<\/li>\t
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware<\/li>\t
- Horizon performance<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":2,"content":"Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Audience2Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":3,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites3- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":4,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives4
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Topics5
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor6Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
Certification7
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
5af41e7268f8e31708fd89af{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"technology training0Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingCCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
trueimages/3.8falsetechnology training0The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
oracle-plsql-12-c100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingOracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
trueimages/3.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
cybersecurity certification training0ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training100002000technology trainingtechnology-trainingISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
trueimages/3.9false
<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"Certification","tabNumber":7,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
- \t
- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}]
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture<\/strong><\/em><\/li>\t
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment<\/li>\t
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI<\/li>\t
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose<\/li>\t
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources<\/li>\t
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment<\/strong><\/li><\/ul>"}
- Learn about the Horizon 7 architecture
- The best type of design for your Horizon 7 deployment
- Building and optimizing the desktop OS for VDI
- Different types of desktop resources and which one to choose
- Entitling users to VDI desktop resources
- Optimizing your Horizon 7 deployment
Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.<\/p>"}
Technical personnel who work in the IT departments of end-customer companies and people who are responsible for the delivery of remote or virtual desktop services.
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:<\/li>
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks<\/li>
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system<\/li>
- Create snapshots of virtual machines<\/li>
- Configure guest customization specifications<\/li>
- Modify virtual machine properties<\/li>
- Convert a virtual machine into a template<\/li>
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template<\/li><\/ul>"}
- Customers attending this course should have at a minimum the following VMware infrastructure skills:
- Use VMware vSphere Web Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores, and networks
- Open a virtual machine console on VMware vCenter Server and access the guest operating system
- Create snapshots of virtual machines
- Configure guest customization specifications
- Modify virtual machine properties
- Convert a virtual machine into a template
- Deploy a virtual machine from a template
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining<\/a><\/li>\t
- Install and configure View Connection Server<\/li>\t
- Install and configure virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems<\/li>\t
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines<\/li>\t
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops<\/li>\t
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications<\/li>\t
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon <\/strong><\/em>environment<\/li>\t
- Form secure access to virtual desktops<\/li>\t
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations<\/li>\t
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination<\/a><\/li>\t
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications<\/li>\t
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification<\/li><\/ul>"}
- Identify VMware Horizon components through VMware CertificationTraining
- Install and configure View Connection Server
- Install and configure virtual desktops
- Arrange and administer VMware Horizon Client systems
- Build and govern pools of physical and virtual machines
- Compose and operate automated pools of full virtual machines
- Design and oversee pools of linked-clone desktops
- Configure and regulate Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications
- Use Horizon Administrator to shape the VMware Horizon environment
- Form secure access to virtual desktops
- Use VMware User Environment Manage to manage user personalization and application configurations
- Describe steps to deploy Profile Management through VMware Examination
- Use VMware App Volumes to provision and manage applications
- Handle the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment through VMware Certification
Course Introduction
- Review course goals
- Review course objectives
- Review the course outline
- Find additional resources after this course
Introduction to VMware Horizon
- Recognize the features and benefits of VMware Horizon
- Identify the major function of each VMware Horizon component
- Define a use case for your virtual desktop and application infrastructure
View Connection Server
- Identify the VMware vSphere requirements for a connection server
- Describe the network and firewall configurations for View Connection Server
- License VMware Horizon components
- Configure View Connection Server
VMware Horizon Pools and Desktops
- Outline the process and choices in setting up VMware Horizon 7 virtual machines
- Compare the remote display protocols that are available in VMware Horizon
- List the ports that must be opened in the machine?s firewall for VMware Horizon operations
- Outline the configuration choices when installing Horizon Agent
- Identify the steps to set up a template for desktop pool deployment
- Describe how information on the Users and Groups page can be used to control and monitor View users
- Explain the hierarchy of global policies, pool-level policies, and user-level policies
- List the View Group Policy administrative (ADM) template files
Horizon Client Options
- Describe the requirements for a Horizon Client installation
- Explain USB redirection and options
- Describe the power states for desktops
- Define and compare a thin client with a system running Horizon Client
- Discuss the benefits of Virtual Printing
- Explain the Virtual Printing architecture
- Describe the configuration options for Virtual Printing
- Explain the location-based printing feature
Creating Automated Pools of Full Virtual Machines
- Recognize how an automated pool operates
- Compare dedicated-assignment and floating-assignment pools
- Outline the steps to create an automated pool
- Examine the entitlement of desktops in automated pools
Creating and Managing Linked-Clone Desktops
- Describe the VMware linked-clone technology
- Explain why both a parent virtual machine and a snapshot must be used to create linked clones
- Outline the system requirements for View Composer
- Describe the relationship between a persistent disk and the system disk
- Outline the steps necessary to set up an automated desktop pool that uses linked clones
- Compare the purpose of the parent and the replica virtual machines
- Compare the linked-clone management operations
- Describe the management operations for persistent disks
Creating and Managing Instant-Clone Pools
- Identify the advantages of instant clones
- Distinguish View Composer clones from instant clones
- Identify the requirements of instant clones
- Describe the types of instant-clone virtual machines
- Explain how folders are used to delegate pool administration
- Outline the steps to set up an automated pool that uses instant clones
- Describe instant-clone limitations in VMware Horizon 7
- Describe the creation of instant clones
- Set up an automated pool of instant clones
Creating RDS Desktop and Application Pools
- Explain the difference between an RDS desktop pool and an automated pool
- Describe how a user can access a single application by using the RDS application pool
- Describe the relationship between an RDS host, a farm, and an application pool
- Create an RDS desktop pool and an application pool
- Explain how the View Composer linked-clone technology can automate the build-out of RDS server farms
- Describe the load-balancing options for RDS hosts
VMware Horizon 7 Authentication
- Compare the authentication options that View Connection Server supports
- Describe the purpose of TrueSSO single sign-on
- Identify TrueSSO single sign-on components
Managing VMware Horizon Security
- Compare tunnels and direct connections for client access to desktops
- Compare the benefits of using either VMware Horizon Security Server or Access Point in the DMZ
- Identify where the tunnel endpoints are in a security server or an Access Point implementation
- Identify the tunnel endpoints when the security gateway is not used
- Explain a direct connection
- List the advantages of direct connections
Profile Management Using User Environment Manager
- Identify the use cases and benefits of using User Environment Manager
- Describe User Environment Manager and its architecture
- Explain the User Environment Manager functional areas and their benefits
- Explain User Environment Manager profile management and its features
- Use the User Environment Manager management console and application profiler to manage user personalization and application configurations
Using App Volumes to Provision and Manage Applications
- Explain how App Volumes works
- Identify the features and benefits of App Volumes
- Identify the interface elements of App Volumes
- Install and configure App Volumes
Command-Line Tools and Backup Options
- Describe key View Connection Server features that are available as command-line options with the vdmadmin command
- Explain the purpose of kiosk mode for client systems and how it is configured
- Explain why you might want to limit the domains that View Connection Server makes available to end users
- Identify the log locations for each VMware Horizon component
VMware Horizon Performance and Scalability
- Describe the purpose of a replica server
- Compare a replica server to a standard connection server
- Explain how multiple VMware Horizon servers maintain synchronization
- List several best practices for multiserver deployment in a pod
- Describe how a load-balancing capability might improve VMware
- Horizon performance
<\/div><\/div>Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING<\/strong><\/h3>Sr. Subject Matter Expert \u2013 Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.<\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Mr. Mangesh Abnave, VCP 5.0, OCP, CCSP, CCNP, RHCE, CEH, PEN TESTING
Sr. Subject Matter Expert ? Infrastructure Security and Cloud ConsultantMangesh Dnyaneshwar Abnave is Consultant and Trainer with 15 years of experience in information technology. Worked on various virtualization technology deployed successfully with various clients. For e.g. VMware ESX, ESXi 4.1/5.0, vCenter, vSphere, VMware Converter, SRM PlateSpin Migrate, Double-take, SRM, VMware View 4.5 and ThinApp. OpenStack Deployment.
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- VMware Certified Associate 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)<\/li>\t
- VMware Certified Professional 6 \u2013 Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)<\/li><\/ul>"}
- VMware Certified Associate 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCA6-DTM)
- VMware Certified Professional 6 ? Desktop and Mobility (VCP6-DTM)
Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":" The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":" ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course<\/a> give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.<\/p>","pageId":"ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training ","courseImage":"cisco.jpg","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/ccnp-implementing-cisco-ip-switched-networks-switch","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"technology training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":" The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training<\/a> Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c<\/strong><\/em> will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.<\/p>","pageId":"oracle-plsql-12-c","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"Oracle PLSQL 12 c","courseImage":"oracle.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/oracle-plsql-12-c","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"cybersecurity certification training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":" ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 2.0) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP affirmations. This CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks Course give students to design and advance an exchanged foundation utilizing VLANs, STP, RSTP, MSTP, and HSRP. Also, students will have the capacity to secure the exchanged foundation. The SWITCH 300-115 exam guarantees the trading data and aptitudes of powerful candidates. They are ensured in orchestrating, outlining, and checking the execution of complex undertaking trading courses of action that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. New CCNP R&S is a more occupation centered confirmation for organize engineers for help them to accomplish the most recent industry learning in systems administration. Students who are hoping to improve their systems administration information can profit by Executing Cisco IP Switched Networks program composed by Cisco. The New CCNP Routing and Switching confirmation is stacked with cutting edge information to arrange, oversee and investigate LAN, WAN with develop IPv6.
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
CCNP Implementing Cisco IP Switched networks (SWITCH) Training
The Oracle PLSQL 12 c Certification Training Program introduces you to PL/SQL and then explores the benefits of this powerful programming language. Through hands-on instruction from expert Oracle instructors, you can learn to develop stored procedures, functions, packages and a lot more. The Oracle PLSQL 12 c will enable you to learn- Conditionally control code flow (loops, control structures). It will help you create stored procedures and functions. Use PL/SQL packages to group and contain related constructs. Build triggers to solve business challenges. Use some of the Oracle supplied PL/SQL packages to generate screen output and file output. Create custom packages for applications. Write Dynamic SQL code for applications.
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
Oracle PLSQL 12 c
ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training<\/a> program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course<\/a>, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.<\/p>","pageId":"iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"technology training","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"technology-training","courseName":"ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program","courseImage":"iso_iec-27001-lead-implementer.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.9,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/technology-training/iso-27001-lead-implementer-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
ISO/IEC 27001 Lead Implementer Training program enables you to develop the necessary expertise to support an organization in establishing, implementing, managing and maintaining an Information Security Management System (ISMS) based on ISO/IEC 27001. During this ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Course, you will also gain a thorough understanding of the best practices of Information Security Management Systems to secure the organization`s sensitive information and improve the overall performance and effectiveness.
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program
ISO 27001 Lead Implementer Training Program